Samsung HW-H7501 User Manual

HW-H7500
HW-H7501
User manual
Curved AirTrack
Imagine the possibilities
Thank you for purchasing this Samsung product.
To receive more complete service, please register your product at
www.samsung.com/register
HW-H7500_H7501_TK_ENG_20141008.indd 1
2014-10-08
11:39:15
FEATURES
FEATURES
TV SoundConnect
USB Host Support
TV SoundConnect lets you listen to audio from your TV
on your Soundbar via a Bluetooth connection and lets
you control the sound.
You can connect and play music files from external USB
storage devices such as MP3 players, USB flash
memory, etc. using the Soundbar's USB HOST function.
HDMI
Bluetooth Function
HDMI transmits video and audio signals simultaneously,
and provides a clearer picture.
The unit is also equipped with the ARC function which
lets you listen to sound from your TV through the
Soundbar via an HDMI cable. This function is only
available if you connect the unit to an ARC compliant TV.
You can connect a Bluetooth device to the Soundbar
and enjoy music with high quality stereo sound, all
without wires!
Surround Sound Expansion
The Surround Sound Expansion feature adds depth and
spaciousness to your listening experience. Surround
Sound Expansion is powered by Sonic Emotion.
Wireless Subwoofer
Samsung’s wireless module does away with cables
running between the main unit and the subwoofer.
Instead, the subwoofer connects to a compact wireless
module that communicates with the main unit.
LICENCES
Manufactured under licence from Dolby Laboratories.
Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories.
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com.
Manufactured under licence from DTS Licensing Limited.
DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are
registered trademarks, and DTS 2.0 Channel is a
trademark of DTS, Inc. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Special Sound Effects
You can select different Sound Effects - MUSIC / VOICE
/ SPORTS / CINEMA / SMART VOLUME / STANDARD
(Original Sound) - depending on the type of content you
want to enjoy.
The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia
Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or
registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the
United States and other countries.
Multi-function Remote Control
+ Copyright
You can use the supplied remote control to control
various operations with the simple press of a button.
©2014 Samsung Electronics Co.,Ltd.
All rights reserved; no part of this user’s manual may be
reproduced or copied without the prior written
permission of Samsung Electronics Co.,Ltd.
2
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141008.indd 2
2014-10-08
10:04:45
SAFETY INFORMATION
SAFETY INFORMATION
TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE THE COVER (OR BACK).
NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS ARE INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.
ENG
SAFETY WARNINGS
This symbol indicates “dangerous voltage”
inside the product that presents a risk of electric
shock or personal injury.
CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
This symbol indicates important instructions
accompanying the product.
WARNING : To reduce the risk of fire or electric shock, do not expose this appliance to rain or moisture.
CAUTION : TO PREVENT ELECTRIC SHOCK, MATCH WIDE BLADE OF PLUG TO WIDE SLOT, FULLY INSERT.
• This apparatus shall always be connected to a AC outlet with a protective grounding connection.
• To disconnect the apparatus from the mains, the plug must be pulled out from the mains socket, therefore the
mains plug shall be readily operable.
CAUTION
• Do not expose this apparatus to dripping or splashing. Do not put objects filled with liquids, such as vases on the
apparatus.
• To turn this apparatus off completely, you must pull the power plug out of the wall socket. Consequently, the power
plug must be easily and readily accessible at all times.
3
HW-H7500_H7501_TK_ENG_20141008.indd 3
2014-10-08
11:39:32
SAFETY INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
68.6 mm
99.1mm
99.1mm
99.1mm
Ensure that the AC power supply in your house complies with the power requirements listed on the identification
sticker located on the back of your product. Install your product horizontally, on a suitable base (furniture), with enough
space around it for ventilation 7~10 cm. Make sure the ventilation slots are not covered. Do not place the unit on
amplifiers or other equipment which may become hot. This unit is designed for continuous use. To fully turn off the
unit, disconnect the AC plug from the wall outlet. Unplug the unit if you intend to leave it unused for a long period of
time.
During thunderstorms, disconnect the AC plug from the
wall outlet. Voltage peaks due to lightning could damage
the unit.
Do not expose the unit to direct sunlight or other heat
sources. This could lead to overheating and cause the
unit to malfunction.
Protect the product from moisture (i.e. vases), and excess
heat (e.g. a fireplace) or equipment creating strong
magnetic or electric fields. Disconnect the power cable
from the AC supply if the unit malfunctions. Your product
is not intended for industrial use. It is for personal use
only. Condensation may occur if your product has been
stored in cold temperatures. If transporting the unit during
the winter, wait approximately 2 hours until the unit has
reached room temperature before using.
The batteries used with this product contain chemicals
that are harmful to the environment. Do not dispose
of batteries in the general household trash. Do not
dispose of batteries in a fire. Do not short circuit,
disassemble, or overheat the batteries. There is
a danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly
replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent
type.
WARNING: DO NOT INGEST BATTERY. CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD.
The remote control that comes with this product is powered by a coin/button cell battery.
If the coin/button cell battery is swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns in just 2 hours and can
lead to death. Keep new and used batteries away from children. If the battery compartment does not
close securely, stop using the product and keep it away from children. If you think batteries might have been
swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek immediate medical attention.
4
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141008.indd 4
2014-10-08
10:04:45
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
ENG
2
FEATURES
18 FUNCTIONS
2
Licences
18
Input mode
18
ARC (HDMI OUT)
3
SAFETY INFORMATION
19
Bluetooth
3
Safety Warnings
21
TV SoundConnect
4
Precautions
23
USB
24
Software Update
24
Auto Power Link
6
GETTING STARTED
6
Before reading the User’s Manual
6
What’s Included
25 TROUBLESHOOTING
7
DESCRIPTIONS
26 APPENDIX
7
Top / Front Panel
26
8
Rear / Bottom Panel
9
REMOTE CONTROL
9
Remote Control Buttons and Functions
Specifications
Figures and illustrations in this User Manual are
provided for reference only and may differ from actual
product appearance.
12 INSTALLATION
12
TV-mounted Installation
13
Standing Installation
14
Assembling the Clamp-wire
15 CONNECTIONS
15
Connecting the Wireless Subwoofer
16
Connecting an External Device using an
HDMI cable
17
Connecting an External Device using
Audio (analogue) cable or Optical (digital)
cable
5
HW-H7500_H7501_TK_ENG_20141008.indd 5
2014-10-08
11:39:32
GETTING STARTED
GETTING STARTED
BEFORE READING THE USER’S MANUAL
Note the following terms before reading the user manual.
+ Icons used in this manual
Icon
Term
Definition
Caution
Note
Indicates a situation where a function does not operate or settings may be cancelled.
Indicates tips or instructions on the page that help you operate a function.
+ Safety Instructions and Troubleshooting
1) Be sure to familiarise yourself with the Safety Instructions before using this product. (See page 3)
2) If a problem occurs, check Troubleshooting. (See page 25)
WHAT’S INCLUDED
Check for the supplied accessories shown below.
Remote Control / Lithium Battery
(3V : CR2032)
User Manual
Bracket-Mount
Holder-Support :
2EA
Holder-Fix Mount
Power Cord
Holder-Foot : 2EA
DC Adapter
Clamp-Wire
USB Cable
AUX Cable
Holder-Screw 1 : 4EA Holder-Screw 2 : 8EA
USB Converter
● The appearance of the accessories may differ slightly from the illustrations above.
● Use the dedicated USB cable to connect external USB devices to the unit.
6
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141113.indd 6
2014-11-14
11:58:46
DESCRIPTIONS
DESCRIPTIONS
ENG
TOP / FRONT PANEL
VOL. - / +
Controls the volume level.
The numeric value of the volume level appears in
the front panel display.
(Power) Button
Turns the power on and off.
Display
(Function) Button
Displays the current mode.
Selects the D.IN, AUX, HDMI, BT, TV, or
USB input.
● While the unit is powered on, pressing
(Function) button for more
the
than 3 seconds sets the button to act
(Mute) button. To cancel
as the
(Mute) button setup, press the
the
(Function) button for more than 3
seconds again.
● When you turn on this unit, there will be a 4 to 5 second delay before it produces sound.
● If you want to enjoy the sound only from the Soundbar, you must turn off the TV's speakers in the Audio
Setup menu of your TV. Refer to the owner's manual supplied with your TV.
7
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141008.indd 7
2014-10-08
10:04:50
DESCRIPTIONS
REAR / BOTTOM PANEL
HDMI OUT (TV)
Outputs digital video and audio signals simultaneously using an
HDMI cable.
HDMI IN
Inputs digital video and audio signals simultaneously using an HDMI
cable. Use when connecting a supported external device.
HDMI OUT (TV)
OPTICAL IN (D.IN)
HDMI IN
Connect to the digital (optical) output of an external device.
OPTICAL
IN
AUX IN
AUX IN
Connect to the Analogue output of an external device.
HDMI OUT (TV)
HDMI IN
OPTICAL IN
AUX IN
LABEL
DC 24V (Power Supply In)
(USB Port)
Connect the DC power adaptor to
the power supply jack, and then
connect the AC power adaptor
plug to a wall outlet.
Connect USB devices such as
MP3 players here to play files on
the devices.
● When disconnecting the power cable of the AC power adaptor from a wall outlet, pull the plug. Do not pull
the cable.
● Do not connect this unit or other components to an AC outlet until all connections between components
are complete.
8
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141008.indd 8
2014-10-08
10:04:54
REMOTE CONTROL
REMOTE CONTROL
ENG
REMOTE CONTROL BUTTONS AND FUNCTIONS
SOURCE
Press to select a source connected to the Soundbar.
Mute
You can turn the volume down to 0 with the push of a button.
Press again to restore the sound to the previous volume level.
Repeat
Press to set the Repeat function during music playback from a USB device.
REPEAT OFF : Cancells Repeat Playback.
REPEAT FILE : Repeatedly play a track.
REPEAT ALL : Repeatedly play all tracks.
REPEAT RANDOM : Plays tracks in random order.
(A track that has already been played may be played again.)
Skip Forward
If there is more than one file on the device you are playing, and you press
the $ button, the next file is selected.
AUDIO SYNC
If the Soundbar is connected to a digital TV and the video appears out of
sync with the audio, press the AUDIO SYNC buttons to sync the audio
with the video. Use the #,$ buttons to set the audio delay between 0
ms and 300 ms. In USB mode, TV mode, and BT mode, the Audio Sync
function may not work.
Anynet+
Press the Anynet+ button to turn the Anynet+ function on or off.
(Auto Power Link : Default OFF, Anynet+ ON / Power Link OFF or Anynet+
OFF / Power Link ON) The Anynet+ function lets you control the Soundbar
with the remote from an Anynet+ compatible Samsung TV. The Soundbar
must be connected to the TV via an HDMI cable.
* Auto Power Link
Synchronizes the Soundbar to a connected Optical source via the
Optical jack so it turns on automatically when you turn on your TV.
(See page 24)
9
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141008.indd 9
2014-10-08
10:04:57
REMOTE CONTROL
Power
Turns the Soundbar on and off.
Volume
Adjusts the volume level of the unit.
Play / Pause
Press the & button to pause the playing of a file temporarily.
Press the & button again to play the selected file.
Skip Back
If there is more than one file on the device you are playing, and you press
the # button, the previous file is selected.
SOUND EFFECT
You can select from 5 different sound modes - MUSIC, VOICE, SPORTS,
CINEMA, SMART VOLUME, and STANDARD - depending on the
content you want to listen to.
Select the STANDARD mode if you want to enjoy the original sound.
* Smart Volume
Smart Volume regulates and stabilizes the volume level and prevents
drastic volume changes caused by a channel change or scene
transition.
Surr.Sound (Surround Sound Expansion)
Surr.Sound adds depth and spaciousness to the sound.
Pressing the Surr.Sound button repeatedly cycles through the Surr.Sound
settings: AUTO, ON, OFF.
Bluetooth POWER
Press the Bluetooth POWER button on the remote to turn the Bluetooth
POWER On function on and off.
See pages 20 and 22 for details.
EQUALIZER WOOFER
Press to select TREBLE, BASS, or SW. Then, use the #,$ button to
adjust the Treble, Bass, or Subwoofer volume from -6 to +6.
Press and hold the EQUALIZER WOOFER button for about 5 seconds to
adjust the sound for each frequency band. 150Hz, 300Hz, 600Hz, 1.2KHz,
2.5KHz, 5KHz, 10KHz, and SW are selectable and each can be adjusted to
a setting between -6 and +6.
● Adjusting TREBLE, BASS, or SW affects the 10KHz band, the 150Hz
band, and SW respectively. For example, when you adjust TREBLE, you
are actually adjusting the 10KHz frequency band.
10
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141008.indd 10
2014-10-08
10:04:58
REMOTE CONTROL
● Soundbar is a Samsung proprietary name.
● Operate the TV using the TV's remote control.
ENG
+ Installing the Batteries in the Remote Control
1. Use a suitable coin to turn
the remote control's battery
cover counterclockwise to
remove it as shown in the
figure above.
2. Insert a 3V lithium battery. Keep the
positive (+) pole facing up when
inserting the battery. Put the battery
cover on and align the '' marks side
by side as shown in the figure above.
3. Use a suitable coin to turn the
remote control battery cover
clockwise as far as it will go to
fix it in place.
11
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141008.indd 11
2014-10-08
10:04:59
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
● This Soundbar can be compatible with 2014
HU7, HU8 and HU9 series of Samsung UHD
curved TVs (except HU7100 models). For a
detailed list of compatible TV models, please
refer to the Samsung web site.
TV-MOUNTED INSTALLATION
HDMI OUT (TV)
HDMI IN
OPTICAL IN
AUX IN
For a TV-mounted installation with a physically
compatible, wall-mounted Samsung TV.
NOT recommended for installation on curved TVs
78" or larger.
2. If the Holder-Foot is attached, remove it first to
install the TV-Mount.
3. Fasten the four Holder-Screws 1 and four of the
Holder-Screws 2 to the four holes in the Soundbar,
as shown in the illustration.

● The TV-mounted installation is for compatible
wall-mounted Samsung TVs only and
requires that you remove the TV's stand. If
you remove the TV's stand and replace it with
the Curved Soundbar, and then stand the TV
on a flat surface, the TV may tip over.
● Do not place objects on top of the Soundbar
if it is TV mounted.
HDMI OUT (TV)
HDMI IN
TV
4. Place the TV screen-side down on the curved
packaging foam that came with the TV.
OPTICAL IN
AUX IN
● Do not place the TV screen-side down on a
flat surface. You can crack the panel.
HDMI OUT (TV)
HDMI IN
OPTICAL IN
AUX IN
1. Place the Soundbar as shown in the illustration,
ensuring that none of its buttons touch the surface it
is lying on.
5. Remove the TV's stand if the stand is attached, and
then insert the bracket guide into the notches on the
bottom of the TV. Make sure the screw holes in the
Bracket-Mount line up with the screw holes in the
TV.
12
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141113.indd 12
2014-11-14
11:59:02
INSTALLATION
9. Fasten the Holder-Fix Mount to the Soundbar, and
then turn it clockwise by hand to fix the Soundbar to
the Bracket-Mount.
ENG
10. The TV-mounted installation is complete.
STANDING INSTALLATION
6. Fasten the Bracket-Mount to the TV using the
remaining 4 Holder-Screws 2.
Method 1. For a standing installation with a
compatible Samsung TV

7. After attaching the Bracket-Mount, mount the TV
on the wall.
● When handling a TV, do not touch the screen
and do not subject it to excessive pressure or
a sudden impact.
Align the Soundbar’s centre with the centre of the base
of the TV, and then carefully push it onto the stand as far
as it will go, as shown in the illustration. Be careful not to
unbalance the TV.
Method 2. If using the Soundbar as a standalone

Soundbar base
HDMI OUT (TV)
HDMI IN
OPTICAL IN
HDMI OUT (TV)
AUX IN
HDMI OUT (TV)
HDMI IN
OPTICAL IN
AUX IN
1. Place the Soundbar as shown in the illustration,
ensuring that none of the buttons touch the surface it
is lying on.
TV base, with Bracket-Mount attached
2. Fasten two Holder-Screws 2 to the HolderSupports as shown in the illustration.
8. With the TV mounted on the wall, align the
Soundbar’s centre with the Bracket-Mount on the
bottom of the TV, and then push it onto the
Bracket-Mount as far as it will go, as shown in the
illustration.
13
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141113.indd 13
2014-11-14
11:59:09
INSTALLATION
ASSEMBLING THE CLAMPWIRE
HDMI OUT (TV)
HDMI IN
OPTICAL
Clamp-Wire
IN
AUX IN
3. Centre the Soundbar on the flat area in front of the
TV.
Method 3. Installing the Soundbar at an adjusted
height (30 mm)

HDMI OUT (TV)
HDMI IN
OPTICAL
IN
AUX IN
Attach the clamp-wire to the unit as shown, and then run
the cables through the clamp-wire to keep them neat.
HDMI OUT (TV)
HDMI IN
OPTICAL IN
AUX IN
1. Lay the Soundbar so that the buttons make no
physical contact with the floor surface, as shown in
the illustration.
2. Fasten two Holder-Foot and two Holder-Screws 2
to the holes of the Soundbar as shown in the
illustration.
● Do not place a heavy thing or step on the
main unit.
14
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141124.indd 14
2014-11-24
5:17:02
CONNECTIONS
CONNECTIONS
ENG
CONNECTING THE WIRELESS SUBWOOFER
The Subwoofer's linking ID is preset at the factory and the main unit and subwoofer should link (connect wirelessly)
automatically when the main unit and subwoofer are turned on. If the Link indicator (
) does not light when the
main unit and subwoofer are turned on, please set the ID by following the procedure below.
ID SET
ID SET
1. Plug the power cords of the main unit and subwoofer
into an AC wall outlet.
2. Press the ID SET button on the back of the
subwoofer with a small, pointed object for 5
seconds.
•
The STANDBY indicator is turned off and the
LINK indicator (Blue LED) blinks quickly.
3. While the main unit is powered off (in STANDBY
(Mute) on the remote
mode), press and hold the
control for 5 seconds.
4. The ID SET message appears on the Soundbar's
display.
5. To finalise the link, turn the main unit’s power on while
the subwoofer’s Blue LED blinks.
•
The main unit and the subwoofer should now be
linked (connected).
•
The Link indicator (Blue LED) on the subwoofer
should be on.
•
If the Link indicator is not solid blue, the linking
process has failed. Turn off the main unit and
start again from Step 2.
•
You can enjoy better sound from the wireless
subwoofer by selecting a Sound Effect.
(See page 10)
● Before moving or installing the product, be
sure to turn off the power and disconnect the
power cord.
● If the main unit is powered off, the wireless
subwoofer will be in standby mode and the
STANDBY LED on the upper side will come
on after the Link indicator (Blue LED) blinks
for 30 seconds.
● If you use a device that uses the same
frequency (2.4GHz) as the Soundbar near the
Soundbar, interference may cause some
sound interruption.
● The transmission distance of the wireless
signal between the main unit and subwoofer
is about 10 m, but may vary depending on
your operating environment.
If a steel-concrete or metallic wall is between
the main unit and the wireless subwoofer, the
system may not operate at all, because the
wireless signal cannot penetrate metal.
● If the main unit doesn't make a wireless
connection, follow steps 1-5 in the left hand
column to re-set the connection between the
main unit and wireless subwoofer.
● The wireless receiving antenna is built into the
wireless subwoofer. Keep the unit away from
water and moisture.
● For optimal listening performance, make sure
that the area around the wireless subwoofer
location is clear of any obstructions.
15
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141008.indd 15
2014-10-08
10:05:05
CONNECTIONS
CONNECTING AN EXTERNAL DEVICE USING AN HDMI
CABLE
HDMI is the standard digital interface for connecting to TVs, projectors, DVD players, Blu-ray players, set top boxes,
and more.
HDMI prevents any degradation to the signal due to conversion to analogue and maintains the video and audio quality
of the original digital source.
HDMI Cable
(not supplied)
HDMI IN
HDMI OUT (TV)
HDMI OUT (TV)
HDMI OUT
HDMI IN
OPTICAL IN
AUX IN
HDMI IN
HDMI Cable
(not supplied)
Digital Devices
HDMI OUT
HDMI IN
● We recommend you use a coreless HDMI
cable if possible. If you use a cored HDMI
cable, use one whose diameter is less than
14mm.
HDMI IN
Connect an HDMI cable (not supplied) from the HDMI IN
jack on the back of the product to the HDMI OUT jack
on your digital device.
ARC (HDMI OUT)
and,
HDMI OUT (TV)
Connect an HDMI cable (not supplied) from the HDMI
OUT (TV) jack on the back of the product to the HDMI
IN jack on your TV.
The ARC function allows digital audio to output via the
HDMI OUT (ARC) port.
It can be enabled only when the Soundbar is connected
to a TV that supports the ARC function.
● Anynet+ must be turned on.
● This function is not available if the HDMI cable
does not support ARC.
● HDMI is an interface that enables the digital
transmission of video and audio data with just
a single connector.
16
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141008.indd 16
2014-10-08
10:05:06
CONNECTIONS
CONNECTING AN EXTERNAL DEVICE USING AUDIO
(ANALOGUE) CABLE OR OPTICAL (DIGITAL) CABLE
ENG
This unit comes equipped with one optical in digital jack and one audio Analogue in jack, giving you two ways to
connect it to a TV.
Optical Cable
(not supplied)
BD / DVD player
/ Set-top box /
Game console
OPTICAL OUT
OPTICAL IN
OPTICAL
or
IN
HDMI OUT
HDMI IN
OPTICAL IN
AUX IN
AUX IN
Audio Cable
AUX OUT
AUX IN
AUX IN
● Do not connect the power cord of this
product or your TV to a wall outlet until all
connections between components are
complete.
● Before moving or installing this product, be
sure to turn off the power and disconnect the
power cord.
Connect AUX IN (Audio) on the main unit to the AUDIO
OUT jack of the TV or Source Device.
Change the function to AUX.
or,
OPTICAL IN
Connect OPTICAL IN (Audio) on the main unit to the
OPTICAL OUT jack of the TV or Source Device.
Change the function to D.IN.
17
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141022.indd 17
2014-10-22
11:21:03
FUNCTIONS
FUNCTIONS
INPUT MODE
Press the
(Function) button on the main unit’s top panel or the SOURCE button on the remote control to select
the mode you want.
Input mode
Display
Optical Digital input
D.IN
AUX input
AUX
HDMI input
HDMI
BLUETOOTH mode
BT
TV SoundConnect
TV
USB mode
USB
+ Auto Power Down function
The unit turns off automatically in the following situations.
● D.IN / HDMI / BT / TV / USB / ARC Mode
-
If there is no audio signal for 25 minutes.
● AUX Mode
-
If the AUX cable is disconnected for 25 minutes.
-
If there is no KEY input for 8 hours when the AUX
cable is connected. (Auto Power Down function
can be turned off only in that case.)
To turn off Auto Power Down function, while in AUX
mode, press and hold the & button for 5 seconds.
AUTO POWER DOWN ON / OFF appears on the
display.
ARC (HDMI OUT)
The ARC (Audio Return Channel) function allows digital audio to output via the HDMI OUT (ARC) port.
HDMI Cable
1. Connect a TV supporting ARC to the Soundbar with an HDMI cable.
2. Turn on the TV, and then turn on the Soundbar’s Anynet+ function.
3. Press the
(Function) button on the main unit’s top panel or the SOURCE button on the remote control to
select the D.IN mode.
18
FUNCTIONS
● If the HDMI cable does not support the ARC feature, ARC will not work.
● To turn off the ARC function, turn Anynet+ off.
ENG
BLUETOOTH
You can connect a Bluetooth device to the Soundbar and enjoy music with high quality stereo sound, all without wires!
+ To connect the Soundbar to a Bluetooth device
Check if the Bluetooth device supports the Bluetooth compliant stereo headset function.
Connect
Bluetooth device
(Function) button on the main unit’s top panel or the SOURCE button on the remote control to
1. Press the
select the BT mode.
•
You will see BT READY on the front display of the Soundbar.
2. Select the Bluetooth menu on the Bluetooth device you want to connect. (Refer to the Bluetooth device's user
manual.)
3. Select the Stereo headset menu on the Bluetooth device.
•
You will see a list of scanned devices.
4. Select "[Samsung] Soundbar" from the list.
•
When the Soundbar is connected to the Bluetooth device, it will display [Bluetooth Device Name]  BT on
the front display.
•
The device name can only be displayed in English. An underline " _ " will be displayed if the name is not in
English.
•
If the Bluetooth device has failed to pair with the Soundbar, delete the previous "[Samsung] Soundbar" found
by the Bluetooth device and have it search for the Soundbar again.
5. Play music on the connected device.
•
You can listen to the music playing on the connected Bluetooth device over the Soundbar.
•
In BT mode, the Play / Pause / Next / Prev functions are not available. However, these functions are available
in Bluetooth devices supporting AVRCP.
● If asked for PIN code when connecting a Bluetooth device, enter <0000>.
● Only one Bluetooth device can be paired at a time.
● The Bluetooth connection will be terminated when you turn the Soundbar off.
19
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141008.indd 19
2014-10-08
10:05:09
FUNCTIONS
● The Soundbar may not perform Bluetooth search or connection correctly under the following
circumstances:
- If there is a strong electrical field around the Soundbar.
- If several Bluetooth devices are simultaneously paired with the Soundbar.
- If the Bluetooth device is turned off, not in place, or malfunctions.
- Note that such devices as microwave ovens, wireless LAN adaptors, fluorescent lights, and gas stoves
use the same frequency range as the Bluetooth device, which can cause electric interference.
●
●
●
●
The Soundbar supports SBC data (44.1kHz, 48kHz).
Connect only to a Bluetooth device that supports the A2DP (AV) function.
You cannot connect the Soundbar to a Bluetooth device that supports only the HF (Hands Free) function.
Once you have paired the Soundbar to a Bluetooth device, selecting "[Samsung] Soundbar" from the
device's scanned devices list will automatically change the Soundbar to BT mode.
+ Bluetooth POWER On (Bluetooth POWER)
When the Bluetooth POWER On function is on and the Soundbar is turned off, if a previously paired Bluetooth device
tries to pair with the Soundbar, the Soundbar turns on automatically.
1. Press the Bluetooth POWER on the remote while the Soundbar is turned on.
2. BLUETOOTH POWER ON appears on the Soundbar's display.
● Available only if the Soundbar is listed among the Bluetooth device’s paired devices. (The Bluetooth device
and the Soundbar must have been previously paired at least once.)
● Soundbar will appear in the Bluetooth device’s searched devices list only when the Soundbar is displaying
BT READY.
● In the TV SoundConnect mode, the Soundbar cannot be paired to another Bluetooth device.
+ To disconnect the Bluetooth device from the Soundbar
You can disconnect the Bluetooth device from the Soundbar. For instructions, see the Bluetooth device's user manual.
● The Soundbar will be disconnected.
● When the Soundbar is disconnected from the Bluetooth device, the Soundbar will display BT DISCONNECTED
on the front display.
20
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141023.indd 20
2014-10-23
1:17:04
FUNCTIONS
+ To disconnect the Soundbar from the Bluetooth device
(Function) button on the product's top panel to switch
● The connected Bluetooth device will wait a certain amount of time for a response from the Soundbar before
terminating the connection. (Disconnection time may differ, depending on the Bluetooth device)
ENG
Press the SOURCE button on the remote control or the
from BT to another mode or turn off the Soundbar.
● In Bluetooth connection mode, the Bluetooth connection will be lost if the distance between the Soundbar
and the Bluetooth device exceeds 5m.
● The Soundbar automatically turns off after 25 minutes in the Ready state.
More About Bluetooth
Bluetooth is a technology that enables Bluetooth-compliant devices to interconnect easily with each other using a
short wireless connection.
● A Bluetooth device may cause noise or malfunction, depending on usage, when:
- A part of your body is in contact with the receiving/transmitting system of the Bluetooth device or the
Soundbar.
- It is subject to electrical variation from obstructions caused by a wall, corner, or office partition.
- It is exposed to electrical interference from same frequency-band devices including medical equipment,
microwave ovens, and wireless LANs.
● Pair the Soundbar with the Bluetooth device while they are close together.
● The further the distance between the Soundbar and Bluetooth device, the worse the quality is.
If the distance exceeds the Bluetooth operational range, the connection is lost.
● In poor reception areas, the Bluetooth connection may not work properly.
● The Bluetooth connection only works when it is close to the unit. The connection will be automatically cut off if the
Bluetooth device is out of range. Even within range, the sound quality may be degraded by obstacles such as
walls or doors.
● This wireless device may cause electric interference during its operation.
TV SOUNDCONNECT
You can enjoy TV sound through your Soundbar when it is connected to a Samsung TV that supports the TV
SoundConnect function.
+ Connecting a TV to the Soundbar
Connect
1. Turn on the TV and Soundbar.
•
Turn on the menu of the TV.
•
Move to Speaker Settings on "Sound" tab.
•
Set the "Add New Device" menu to "On".
(Function) button on the main unit’s top panel or the SOURCE button on the remote control to
2. Press the
select the TV mode.
21
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141022.indd 21
2014-10-22
11:21:07
FUNCTIONS
3. On the TV, a message asking whether to enable the TV SoundConnect function appears. "[Samsung] Soundbar"
is also displayed on the TV screen.
4. Select <Yes> to finish connecting the TV and Soundbar using the TV's remote control.
● Switching the Soundbar’s mode from TV to another mode automatically terminates TV SoundConnect.
● To connect the Soundbar to another TV, the existing connection must be terminated.
● Terminate the connection to the existing TV, and then press the & button on the remote control for 5
seconds to connect to another TV.
● The TV SoundConnect (SoundShare) function is supported by some Samsung TVs released from 2012 on.
Check whether your TV supports the TV SoundConnect (SoundShare) function before you begin.
(For further information, refer to the TV’s user manual.)
● If your Samsung TV was released before 2014, check the SoundShare setting menu.
● If the distance between the TV and Soundbar exceeds 5m, the connection may not be stable or the audio
may stutter. If this occurs, relocate the TV or Soundbar so that they are within operational range, and then
re-establish the TV SoundConnect connection.
● TV SoundConnect Operational Ranges:
- Recommended pairing range: within 50cm
- Recommended operational range: within 5m
● The Play/Pause, Next, and Prev buttons on the Soundbar or Soundbar's remote do not control the TV.
+ Using the Bluetooth POWER On function
The Bluetooth POWER On function is available after you have successfully connected the Soundbar to a Bluetooth
compatible TV using TV SoundConnect. When the Bluetooth POWER On function is ON, turning the connected TV on
or off will turn the Soundbar's power on and off as well.
1. Connect the TV to your Soundbar using the TV SoundConnect function.
2. Press the Bluetooth POWER button on the Soundbar remote. BLUETOOTH POWER ON appears on the
Soundbar's display.
•
BLUETOOTH POWER ON : The Soundbar turns on and off when you turn the TV on or off.
•
BLUETOOTH POWER OFF : The Soundbar only turns off when you turn the TV off.
● This function is supported by some Samsung TVs released from 2013 on.
22
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141022.indd 22
2014-10-22
11:21:07
FUNCTIONS
USB
You can play music files located on USB storage devices through the Soundbar.
ENG
Display
USB port
HDMI OUT (TV)
HDMI IN
OPTICAL IN
AUX IN
1. Connect the USB device to the USB port on the
back of the product.
● Do not remove the USB device while it is transferring
files.
(Function) button on the main unit’s
2. Press the
top panel or the SOURCE button on the remote
control to select the USB mode.
● DRM-protected music files (MP3, WMA) from
commercial web sites cannot be played.
3. USB appears on the display screen.
● Mobile phone devices are not supported.
● External HDDs are not supported.
● File Format Type Compatibility list:
•
The Soundbar connection to the USB device is
complete.
•
The Soundbar automatically turns off (Auto
Power Off) if no USB device has been connected
for more than 25 minutes.
Format
*.mp3
+ Before you connect a USB device
MPEG 2 Layer3
*.wma
Wave_Format_
MSAudio2
AAC
*.aac
● The Soundbar supports the FAT16 and FAT32 file
systems.
*.wav
-
The NTFS file system is not supported.
*.ogg
OGG 1.1.0
*.flac
FLAC 1.1.0, FLAC
1.2.1
AAC-LC
HE-AAC
● Connect USB devices directly to the USB port of the
product. Otherwise, you may encounter a USB
compatibility problem.
● Do not connect multiple storage devices to the
product via a multi-card reader. It may not operate
properly.
16KHz ~ 48KHz
Wave_Format_
MSAudio1
● This product may not be compatible with certain
types of USB storage media.
-
Sampling Rate
MPEG 1 Layer3
MPEG 2.5 Layer3
Be aware of the following:
● If the file name of a file or folder on a USB device
exceeds 10 characters, it is not displayed on the
Soundbar's display.
Codec
MPEG 1 Layer2
16KHz ~ 96KHz
24KHz ~ 96KHz
16KHz ~ 48KHz
16KHz ~ 96KHz
● If there are too many folders and files stored
in the USB device, reading may take some
time.
● Digital camera PTP protocols are not supported.
23
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141008.indd 23
2014-10-08
10:05:10
FUNCTIONS
SOFTWARE UPDATE
HDMI OUT (TV)
HDMI IN
OPTICAL IN
AUX IN
● Once the software update is completed, turn
off the product and then press and hold the
( & ) button on the remote control for more
than 5 seconds. “INIT” appears on the
display and the unit is powered off. The
updgrade is complete.
● Do not format the USB device in the NTFS
format. The Soundbar does not support the
NTFS file system.
● Depending on the manufacturer, some USB
devices may not be supported.
Samsung may offer updates for the Soundbar's system
firmware in the future.
If an update is offered, you can update the firmware by
connecting a USB device with the firmware update
stored on it to the USB port on your Soundbar.
Note that if there are multiple update files, you must load
them onto the USB device singly and use them to
update the firmware one file at a time.
Please visit samsung.com or contact the Samsung call
centre to receive more information about downloading
updates files.
● I nsert a USB device containing the firmware
update into the USB port on the main unit.
● Updating firmware may not work properly if
audio files supported by the Soundbar are
stored in the USB storage device.
● Do not disconnect the power or remove the
USB device while updates are being applied.
The main unit will turn off automatically after
completing the firmware update.
● After the update, all settings are reset to their
factory default settings. We recommend you
write down your settings so that you can
easily reset them after the update. Note that
updating firmware resets the subwoofer
connection too. If connection to the
subwoofer is not re-established automatically
after the update, refer to page 15.
If the firmware fails to update, we recommend
formatting the USB device in FAT16 and
trying again.
AUTO POWER LINK
If you have connected the main unit to a TV with a
digital optical cable, set the Auto Power function ON
to have the Soundbar turn on automatically when you
turn the TV on.
AUTO POWER LINK
Display
ON
ANYNET+ OFF /
POWER LINK ON
OFF
ANYNET+ ON /
POWER LINK OFF
1. Connect the Soundbar and an External Device with
an Optical cable.
(Function) button on the main unit’s
2. Press the
top panel or the SOURCE button on the remote
control to select the D.IN mode.
3. Press the Anynet+ button on the remote control
to toggle the Auto Power Link function on and off.
● Depending on the connected device, Auto
Power Link may not function.
24
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141008.indd 24
2014-10-08
10:05:10
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENG
Before requesting service, please check the following.
The unit will not turn on.
 Connect the power plug to the outlet.
• Is the power cord plugged into the outlet?
A function does not work when the button is pressed.
 Disconnect the power plug and connect it again.
• Is there static electricity in the air?
Sound is not produced.
• Is the Mute function on?
 Press the
• Is the volume set to minimum?
 Adjust the Volume.
(Mute) button to cancel the function.
The remote control does not work.
• Are the batteries drained?
 Replace with new batteries.
• Is the distance between the remote control and main
unit too far?
 Move closer to the unit.
The TV SoundConnect (TV pairing) failed.
• Does your TV support TV SoundConnect?
 TV SoundConnect is supported by some Samsung
TVs released from 2012 on. Check your TV to see if it
supports TV SoundConnect.
• Is your TV firmware the latest version?
 Update your TV with the latest firmware.
• Does an error occur when connecting?
 Contact the Samsung call centre.
• Reset the TV mode and connect again.
 Press and hold the & button for 5 seconds to reset
the TV SoundConnect connection.
The red LED on the subwoofer blinks and the subwoofer is not producing sound.
 Try to connect your subwoofer again.
(See Page 15)
• Your subwoofer may not be connected to the main
body of the product.
The subwoofer drones and vibrates noticeably.
 Press the EQUALIZER WOOFER button on your
remote control to adjust its value (between SW-6 and
SW+6).
• Try to adjust the vibration of your subwoofer.
25
HW-H7500_H7501_XU_ENG_20141008.indd 25
2014-10-08
10:05:11
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
SPECIFICATIONS
Model name
HW-H7500 / HW-H7501
USB
Weight
GENERAL
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
5V/0.5A
Main Unit
4 kg
Subwoofer
(PS-WH7500 / PS-WH7501)
8.45 kg
Main Unit
1230 x 42 x 170 mm
Subwoofer
(PS-WH7500 / PS-WH7501)
291 x 371 x 291 mm
Operating Temperature Range
+5 °C to +35 °C
Operating Humidity Range
10 % to 75 %
Rated Output
Power
AMPLIFIER
Main Unit
20W/CH, 8ohm, THD=10%, 1KHz
Subwoofer
(PS-WH7500 / PS-WH7501)
160W, 3ohm, THD=10%, 100Hz
S/N Ratio (Analogue Input)
65 dB
Separation (1kHz)
65 dB
*
S/N ratio, distortion, separation, and usable sensitivity are based on measurements using AES (Audio Engineering
Society) guidelines.
*
Nominal specification
-
Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd reserves the right to change the specifications without notice.
-
Weight and dimensions are approximate.
-
For the power supply and Power Consumption, refer to the label attached to the product.
a Open Source Licence Notice
-
To send inquiries and requests regarding open sources, contact Samsung via Email
([email protected]).
26
HW-H7500_H7501_SQ_UM_ENG_20140905(B_TK).indd 26
2014-10-08
11:58:09
‫‪HW-H7500‬‬
‫‪HW-H7501‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫‪Curved AirTrack‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺷﻛﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺭﺍء ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻣﺳﻭﻧﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪www.samsung.com/register‬‬
‫‪AH68-02750R-02‬‬
‫‪11:33:42‬‬
‫‪2014-11-26‬‬
‫‪AH68-02750R-02‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_UM_ARA_20141126.indd 1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫‪TV SoundConnect‬‬
‫ﺩﻋﻡ )‪(USB Host‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ TV SoundConnect‬ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻭﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ )‪ (USB‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺷﻐﻼﺕ )‪ ،(MP3‬ﻭﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻣﻳﺿﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(USB flash memory‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ )‪Soundbar's USB‬‬
‫‪.(HOST‬‬
‫‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﻳﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ‪ HDMI‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻭﻓﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻭﺿﻭﺣً ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺑﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ ARC‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻋﺑﺭ ﻛﺑﻝ ‪ .HDMI‬ﻭﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺗﻠﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫‪.ARC‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺿﻳﻑ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺗﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﻲ ﻋﻣ ًﻘﺎ ﻭﻭﺿﻭﺣً ﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺟﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺗﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﻲ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪.Sonic Emotion‬‬
‫ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺳﺎﻣﺳﻭﻧﺞ ﺑﻌﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻭﺿًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﺻﻝ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ –‬
‫‪/CINEMA/SPORTS/VOICE/MUSIC‬‬
‫‪) STANDARD/SMART VOLUME‬ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ( – ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻧﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺗﺎﻉ ﺑﺳﻣﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺑﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ!‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺧﻳﺹ‬
‫ﻣﺻﻧﻌﺔ ﺑﺗﺭﺧﻳﺹ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ‪ Dolby .Dolby Laboratories‬ﻭﺭﻣﺯ‬
‫‪ double-D‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ‪.Dolby Laboratories‬‬
‫ﻟﺑﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﺍﻉ )‪ (DTS‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻁ ‪.http://patents.dts.com‬‬
‫ﺻُﻧﻌﺕ ﺑﺗﺭﺧﻳﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ ،DTS .DTS Licensing Limited‬ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ DTS‬ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﻣﻌًﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻭ ‪DTS 2.0 Channel‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ .DTS‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻳﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ )‪ (HDMI‬ﻭ )‪،(HDMI High-Definition Multimedia‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭ )‪ (HDMI‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫)‪ (HDMI Licensing LLC‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫_ ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﺷﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﺷﺭ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2014‬ﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺳﺎﻣﺳﻭﻧﺞ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﻛﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ؛ ﻻ ﻳﺟﻭﺯ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺳﺦ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺯء‬
‫ﻣﻧﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﺳﺑﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺳﺎﻣﺳﻭﻧﺞ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪11:37:25‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 2‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ARA‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺻﻳﺎﻧﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺍﺧﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻧﻣﺎ ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺗﺭﻙ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻣﻭﻅﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻫﻠﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ "ﺟﻬﺩ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺧﻁﻳﺭ" ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‬
‫ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺧﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺳﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻁﺭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺗﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺭﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺣﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻁﺭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻸﻣﻁﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺣﻳﻠﻭﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻳﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻳﺿﺔ ﺛﻡ ﺃﺣﻛﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻗﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﺻﻼً ﺩﻭﻣًﺎ ﺑﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ٍ‬
‫ً‬
‫• ﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﻭﻟﺫﺍ ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺯﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬
‫• ﻻ ُﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻘﻁﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻧﺎﺛﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺃﺷﻳﺎء ﻣﻠﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﺂﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻫﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻣﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺳﺣﺏ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻬﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺳﻬﻼً ﻭﻣﺗﺎﺣً ﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪11:37:25‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 3‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫‪68.6 mm‬‬
‫‪99.1mm‬‬
‫‪99.1mm‬‬
‫‪99.1mm‬‬
‫ﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟ ﻧﺗ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻅ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻠ‬
‫ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺻﻕ ﺍﻟﺗ ﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻠ ﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻠ‬
‫ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺿ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺯﻟﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻁﻠ ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻓﻲ ﻧﺯﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺗ ﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺗ ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ )ﺃﺛﺎﺙ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺭﻙ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﺣﻭﻟﻪ ﻟﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ۷‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۱۰‬ﺳﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺑﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺻﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﻗﺎﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻋﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓ ﻝ‬
‫ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺻﻑ ﺍﻟ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻫﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟ ﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺎﺷ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻭء ﺍﻟﺷ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ﺃﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻣﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ )ﺁﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻫﻭﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﺓ )ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻓﺄﺓ(‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﻣﺟﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻗﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﻛﺑﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺻﻣﻡ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺗﻛﺎﺛﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺗﺎء‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺗﻅﺭ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺗﻳﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻛﻳﻣﻳﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻣﺿﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻳﺋﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺣﺭﻗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﻗﺻﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺑﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﳋﻄﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ‪،‬‬
‫]ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﲢﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ[ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﺯﺭﺍﺭ‪/‬ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺄﺯﺭﺍﺭ‪/‬ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﳑﺎ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ ً‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻋﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻤﺲ ﻓﻮﺭًﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﻔﻈﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪11:37:25‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ARA‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺧﻳﺹ‬
‫‪ ۱۸‬ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬
‫‪۱۸‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫‪۱۸‬‬
‫‪(HDMI OUT) ARC‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪۱۹‬‬
‫‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪۲۱‬‬
‫‪TV SoundConnect‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫‪۲۳‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪۲٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪۲٤‬‬
‫‪Auto Power Link‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻑ‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻳﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫‪۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫‪۹‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ُﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫‪۹‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫‪ ۲٥‬ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ۲٦‬ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻕ‬
‫‪۲٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺷﻛﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻛﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﻣﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۱۲‬ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫‪۱۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‬
‫‪۱۳‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ‬
‫‪۱٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‬
‫‪ ۱٥‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫‪۱٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬
‫‪۱٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫‪۱۷‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ )ﺗﻧﺎﻅﺭﻱ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺑﺻﺭﻱ )ﺭﻗﻣﻲ(‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪11:37:26‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 5‬‬
‫ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫_ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻣﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫_ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ (۱‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪) .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(۳‬‬
‫‪ (۲‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‪) .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(۲٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ‪2EA :‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺏ‬
‫ﻋﺩ ‪ /‬ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻳﺛﻳﻭﻡ )‪ 3‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ‪(CR2032 :‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‬
‫ﻛﺑﻝ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ‪4EA : 1‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ‪8EA : 2‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺭﻑ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ‪2EA :‬‬
‫ﻛﺑﻝ ‪AUX‬‬
‫● ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻳﻼً ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪11:37:26‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻑ‬
‫‪ARA‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻳﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫‪VOL. -/+‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ )ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ(‬
‫ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺯﺭ )ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ‪،TV ،BT ،HDMI ،AUX ،D.IN‬‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻣﺩﺧﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺑﻁﻪ ﻟﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻣﺛﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ( ﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ٍ 3‬‬
‫)ﻛﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ(‪ .‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫)ﻛﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ(‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ٍ 3‬‬
‫● ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺗﺄﺧﻳﺭ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ ٤‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٥‬ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺻﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺗﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻣﻥ ‪ ،Soundbar‬ﻓﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻛﺑﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪Audio Setup‬‬
‫)ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ( ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫‪11:37:29‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ‪.HDMI‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫ﻳﺩﺧﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ‪.HDMI‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫)‪OPTICAL IN (D.IN‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ )ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ( ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪IN‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺎﻅﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL IN‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺻﻕ‬
‫‪) DC 24V‬ﺩﺧﻝ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ(‬
‫)ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ‪(USB‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻭﺻﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺑﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺷﻐﻼﺕ ‪MP3‬‬
‫ﻫﻧﺎ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﻧﺩ ﻓﺻﻝ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺳﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻣﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻧﺗﻬﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪۸‬‬
‫‪11:37:36‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 8‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ‬
‫‪SOURCE‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫‪ARA‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﻛﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺧﻔﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﺭﻙ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ : REPEAT OFF‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : REPEAT FILE‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : REPEAT ALL‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : REPEAT RANDOM‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻠﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪ ،$‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪AUDIO SYNC‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻣﺗﺻﻼً ﺑﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻣﻲ ﻭﺑﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺯﺍﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﻱ ‪ AUDIO SYNC‬ﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ‪ $،#‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺗﺄﺧﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ‪ ۰‬ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭ‪ ۳۰۰‬ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ ،USB‬ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ TV‬ﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ ،BT‬ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪) Audio Sync‬ﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Anynet+‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪ +Anynet‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ +Anynet‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Auto Power Link‬ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻭ ‪ ،OFF‬ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪+Anynet‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ / ON‬ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ OFF‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ +Anynet‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪/ OFF‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .ON‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ Anynet+‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﻣﺳﻭﻧﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ‪ .Anynet+‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﻛﺑﻝ‬
‫‪.HDMI‬‬
‫* ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪Auto Power Link‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻙ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(۲٤‬‬
‫‪۹‬‬
‫‪11:37:40‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 9‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ & ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﻣﺅﻗ ًﺗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ & ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻲ ﻟﻠﺧﻠﻑ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻠﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ ،#‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪SOUND EFFECT‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫– ‪،SMART VOLUME ،CINEMA ،SPORTS ،VOICE ،MUSIC‬‬
‫‪ -STANDARD‬ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ STANDARD‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺗﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫* ‪Smart Volume‬‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﻭﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻭﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﺎﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻬﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Surr.Sound‬‬
‫ﺗﺿﻳﻑ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ‪ Surr.Sound‬ﻣﺯﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺿﻭﺡ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪ Surr.Sound‬ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻣﻕ ﻭﻭﺿﻭﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪:.‬‬
‫‪.OFF ،ON ،AUTO‬‬
‫‪Bluetooth POWER‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﻱ ‪ Bluetooth POWER‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ ﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth POWER On‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ ۲۰‬ﻭ‪۲۲‬‬
‫‪EQUALIZER WOOFER‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ‪ TREBLE‬ﺃﻭ ‪ BASS‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .SW‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪ #،$‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ -6‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.+6‬‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ EQUALIZER WOOFER‬ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ٍ 5‬‬
‫ﻟﻛﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺗﺭﺩﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩﻳﺔ ‪ 150‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﻭ‪ 300‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﻭ‪ 600‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﻭ‪ 1.2‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ‬
‫ﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﻭ‪ 2.5‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﻭ‪ 5‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﻭ‪ 10‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﻭﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻥ ‪ -6‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.+6‬‬
‫● ﺿﺑﻁ ‪ TREBLE‬ﺃﻭ ‪ BASS‬ﺃﻭ ‪ SW‬ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩﻳﺔ ‪ 10‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﻭ‪ 150‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ‬
‫ﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﻭ‪ SW‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻧﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ‪ TREBLE‬ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 10‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۰‬‬
‫‪11:37:41‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 10‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻫﻭ ﻣﻠﻙ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪.Samsung‬‬
‫‪ARA‬‬
‫● ﺷﻐﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫_ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻏﻁﺎء ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺛﺑﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۲‬ﺭ ﱢﻛﺏ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻳﺛﻳﻭﻡ ﺑﺟﻬﺩ ‪ ۳‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺏ )‪ (+‬ﻣﺗﺟﻬًﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ '‪'‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۳‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻏﻁﺎء ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻛﺱ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۱‬‬
‫‪11:37:42‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫● ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ‪ HU7‬ﻭ‪ 8‬ﻭ‪ 9‬ﻣﻥ ﻁﺭﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺗﻣﺎﻣًﺎ )‪(UHD‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ‪ Samsung‬ﻓﻲ ‪) 2014‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ .(HU7100‬ﻭﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺗﻔﺻﻳﻼً ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫‪.Samsung‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL IN‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻟﻠﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻓﻌﻠﻳًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ‪Samsung‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻲ ‪ 78‬ﺑﻭﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ .۲‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺳﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻻً ﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۳‬ﺛﺑﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ‪ ۱‬ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ‪ ۲‬ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺑﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‬
‫‪ Samsung‬ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﻧﻙ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻟﻪ ﺑـ ‪ ،Curved Soundbar‬ﺛﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﻧﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻁﺢ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺟﺳﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺿﻊ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻁﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺛﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪..‬‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL IN‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﺗﺳﺑﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺷﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL IN‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﺿﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﺗﻼﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ . .٥‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻳﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۲‬‬
‫‪11:37:42‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫‪ .۹‬ﺛﺑﺕ ﺭﻑ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺑـ ‪ ،Soundbar‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻳﺩﻙ ﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ARA‬‬
‫‪ .۱۰‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺛﺑﺕ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ‪.۲‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ‪ .۱‬ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ‪ Samsung‬ﻳﺩﻋﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪Soundbar‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ .۷‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﻻ ﻷﻱ ﺍﺻﻁﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﻣﻧﺗﺻﻑ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺣﺭﻛﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺁﺧﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺗﻭﺥ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻳﻧﺋﺫٍ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺫﺭ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ‪ .۲‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻝ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ‪Soundbar‬‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL IN‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL IN‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﺿﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﺗﻼﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺑـ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ‬
‫‪ .۸‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻣﻊ ﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻣﻛﻧﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۲‬ﺛﺑﺕ ﺍﺛﻧﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۳‬‬
‫‪11:37:50‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 13‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫‪IN‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫‪ .۳‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺗﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻁﺣﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ‪ .۲‬ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ )‪ 30‬ﻣﻡ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫‪IN‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫ﺻِ ﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻣﺭّﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻅﻬﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL IN‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﺿﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﺗﻼﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۲‬ﺍﺭﺑﻁ ﺳﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﻭﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ‪ ۲‬ﻓﻲ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪،Soundbar‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺃﺷﻳﺎء ﺛﻘﻳﻠﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱٤‬‬
‫‪1:58:24‬‬
‫‪2014-11-25‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141125.indd 14‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﻡ ﺿﺑﻁﻬﺎ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ )ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ( ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ‪) Link‬‬
‫( ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺿﻲء ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﻣﻝ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ۳۰‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻣﻳﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ARA‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬
‫‪ID SET‬‬
‫‪ID SET‬‬
‫●‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺿﺧﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۲‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ ID SET‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﺩﺑﺑﺔ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ٍ ٥‬‬
‫•‬
‫●‬
‫ﺳﻳﻧﻁﻔﺊ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ‪) STANDBY‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ( ﻭﻳﻭﻣﺽ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ‬
‫‪) LINK‬ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻗﺎء( ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۳‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ )ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪،(STANDBY‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)ﻛﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ( ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺧﻣﺱ ٍ‬
‫●‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ID SET‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻹﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻭﻣﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻗﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫●‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻣﺕ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ )ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ( ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺿﺧﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻁ )ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻗﺎء( ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﺿﻳ ًﺋﺎ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻌﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺷﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﻗﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺑﺩﺃ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺗﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺛﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ‪) .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(۱۰‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻣﻁﻔﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺳﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ‪STANDBY‬‬
‫‪) LED‬ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ( ﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻭﻣﺽ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻁ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻗﺎء( ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ ۳۰‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻙ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪Soundbar‬‬
‫)‪ ۲٫٤‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ( ﻣﺛﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻭﻳﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ۱۰‬ﺃﻣﺗﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺣﺎﺋﻁ ﺧﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻲ ﺻﻠﺏ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻁﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ ٥ - ۱‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺿﺧﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻫﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻣﺩﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻠﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺋﻕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻗﺑﻝ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﻭﻓﺻﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱٥‬‬
‫‪11:37:58‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 15‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺩ ‪ HDMI‬ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣﺷﻐﻼﺕ ‪ ،DVD‬ﻣﺷﻐﻼﺕ ‪ ،Blu-ray‬ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ‪ ،set top boxes‬ﻭﻏﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ‪ HDMI‬ﻳﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺗﺎﻉ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺻﻭﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺩﺓ‪ -‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻟﻭ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺭﻗﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫)ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﻓﻕ(‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫‪HDMI OUT‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL IN‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫)ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﻓﻕ(‬
‫‪HDMI OUT‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺑﻝ ‪) HDMI‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﻓﻕ( ﻣﻥ ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ‪ HDMI IN‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺯء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ‪ HDMI OUT‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺯﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪،‬‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪) HDMI‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﻓﻕ( ﻣﻥ ﻣﻘﺑﺱ )‪ HDMI OUT (TV‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ‪ HDMI IN‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫● ﻳﻧﺻﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺑﻝ ‪ HDMI‬ﻣﺟﻭﻑ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﻛﻥ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺑﻝ ‪ HDMI‬ﻣﺻﻣﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻛﺑﻼ ﻗﻁﺭﻩ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ ۱٤‬ﻣﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪(HDMI OUT) ARC‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ ARC‬ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ‬
‫‪.(ARC) HDMI OUT‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪.ARC‬‬
‫● ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪.Anynet+‬‬
‫● ﻟﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺑﻝ ‪ HDMI‬ﻻ ﻳﺩﻋﻡ‬
‫‪.ARC‬‬
‫● ﻳﻌﺩ ‪ HDMI‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱٦‬‬
‫‪11:37:59‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 16‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ )ﺗﻧﺎﻅﺭﻱ( ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺑﺻﺭﻱ )ﺭﻗﻣﻲ(‬
‫ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺯﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ‪ optical in‬ﺭﻗﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻭﻣﻘﺑﺱ ‪ analogue in‬ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﻙ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ARA‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ‬
‫)ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﻓﻕ(‬
‫‪OPTICAL OUT‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL IN‬‬
‫‪IN‬‬
‫‪ /BD‬ﻣﺷﻐﻝ ‪/DVD‬‬
‫‪/Set-top box‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫‪OPTICAL‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪HDMI OUT‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL IN‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫ﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫‪AUX OUT‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺑﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺎﺋﻁ ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻗﺑﻝ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﻭﻓﺻﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻝ ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ‪) AUX IN‬ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ( ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﻣﻧﻔﺫ‬
‫‪ AUDIO OUT‬ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻣﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔﺇﻟﻰ‪.AUX‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‪،‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL IN‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻝ ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ‪) OPTICAL IN‬ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ( ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﻣﻧﻔﺫ‬
‫‪ OPTICAL OUT‬ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻣﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔﺇﻟﻰ‪.D.IN‬‬
‫‪۱۷‬‬
‫‪11:38:00‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 17‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ( ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ‪ SOURCE‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻱ‬
‫‪D.IN‬‬
‫‪ AUX‬ﻣﺩﺧﻝ‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫_ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪Auto Power Down‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫● ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ARC/USB/TV/BT/HDMI/D.IN‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺻﺩﻭﺭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ ۲٥‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ HDMI‬ﻣﺩﺧﻝ‬
‫‪HDMI‬‬
‫‪ BLUETOOTH‬ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪BT‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪ AUX‬ﻣﺗﺻﻼً ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ ۲٥‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪TV SoundConnect‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ ۸‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺑﻝ ‪) .AUX‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪Auto Power Down‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‪(.‬‬
‫● ﻭﺿﻊ ‪AUX‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ ،Auto Power Down‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ & ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 5‬ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ .AUX‬ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ‪ AUTO POWER DOWN ON / OFF‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪(HDMI OUT) ARC‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪) ARC‬ﻗﻧﺎﺓ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ( ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻲ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ )‪.HDMI OUT (ARC‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ‪ ARC‬ﺑـ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣًﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪.HDMI‬‬
‫‪ .۲‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Anynet+‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑـ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫‪ .۳‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ( ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ‪ SOURCE‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪.D.IN‬‬
‫‪۱۸‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬
‫● ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪ HDMI‬ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ‪ ،ARC‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ‪ ARC‬ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺳﻠﻳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ ،ARC‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪.Anynet+‬‬
‫‪ARA‬‬
‫‪BLUETOOTH‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺗﺎﻉ ﺑﺳﻣﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺑﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ!‬
‫_ ﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫•‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ( ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ‪ SOURCE‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪.BT‬‬
‫ﺳﺗﺭﻯ ‪ BT READY‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫‪ .۲‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ‪) .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ .۳‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻙ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺛﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ "‪ "[Samsung] Soundbar‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻌﺭﺽ ]ﺍﺳﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ[ ‪ BT ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺟﻠﻳﺯﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ " _ " ﻭﺗﺣﺗﻪ ﺧﻁ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺟﻠﻳﺯﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺷﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ ،Soundbar‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﺫﻑ "‪ "[Samsung] Soundbar‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺛﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ ، BT‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫)‪.(AVRCP‬‬
‫● ﺇﺫﺍ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﻧﻙ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ PIN‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻝ >‪.<0000‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻗﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫‪۱۹‬‬
‫‪11:38:02‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 19‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬
‫● ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﺟﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻗﻭﻱ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪.Soundbar‬‬‫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻗﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪.‬‬‫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻝ‪.‬‬‫ ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺻﺎﺑﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻭﺭﻳﺳﻧﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻧﻔﺱ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬‫ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫●‬
‫●‬
‫●‬
‫●‬
‫ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ٤٤٫۱) SBC‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ‪ ٤۸ ،‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪) A2DP‬ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪) HF‬ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺇﻗﺭﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ "‪ "[Samsung] Soundbar‬ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﻓﺣﺻﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪. BT‬‬
‫_ ‪(Bluetooth POWER) Bluetooth POWER On‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ Bluetooth POWER On‬ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻣﺗﻭﻗ ًﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺳﺑﻕ ﺇﻗﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺭﺍﻥَ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ ،Soundbar‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪ Bluetooth POWER‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫‪ .۲‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ BLUETOOTH POWER ON‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫● ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻣﺩﺭﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪) .‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻗﺗﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻟﻣﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪(.‬‬
‫● ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪.BT READY‬‬
‫● ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ ،TV SoundConnect‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻗﺗﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺁﺧﺭ‪.‬‬
‫_ ﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪Soundbar‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ .Soundbar‬ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺻﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫● ﻋﻧﺩ ﻓﺻﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻋﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ BT DISCONNECTED‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲۰‬‬
‫‪11:38:02‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 20‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬
‫_ ﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻋﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ( ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ BT‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺭ‬
‫‪ARA‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ‪ SOURCE‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫● ﺳﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﻣﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺳﺗﺟﻳﺏ ﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ(‬
‫● ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻧﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﺧﻁﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ‪ ٥‬ﺃﻣﺗﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ‪ ۲٥‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ‪) Ready‬ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻫﺏ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﺣﻭﻝ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻗﺻﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻯ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺙ ﺗﺷﻭﻳﺵ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻁﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﺟﺳﺩﻙ ﻣﻼﻣﺳًﺎ ﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﺧﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺋﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺣﺎﺋﻁ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻣﻛﺗﺑﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻓﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻼﺕ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻗﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻧﺎﻥ ﻗﺭﻳﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺿﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺧﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻧﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺳﻡ ﺑﺿﻌﻑ ﺣﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﺧﻁﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﺗﺄﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺋﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺋﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺑﻭﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪TV SOUNDCONNECT‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺗﺎﻉ ﺑﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ‪ Samsung‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪.TV SoundConnect‬‬
‫_ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪Soundbar‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻭﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫• ﻗﻣﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻧﺗﻘﻺﻟﯩﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺗﺎﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔﻣﻧﻌﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ "ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ"‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺿﺑﻁﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ "ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺟﻬﺎﺯﺟﺩﻳﺩ" ﻋﻠﻰ "ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۲‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ( ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ‪ SOURCE‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪.TV‬‬
‫‪۲۱‬‬
‫‪11:38:02‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 21‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬
‫‪ .۳‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺳﺅﺍﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ TV SoundConnect‬ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻣﻪ‪" .‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫"‪ "[Samsung] Soundbar‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ >ﻧﻌﻡ< ﻹﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻭ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻣﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺳﻳﻭﻗﻑ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪.TV SoundConnect‬‬
‫● ﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺁﺧﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ & ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ ٥‬ﺛﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺁﺧﺭ‪.‬‬
‫●‬
‫●‬
‫●‬
‫●‬
‫ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ )‪ TV SoundConnect (SoundShare‬ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Samsung‬ﺍﺑﺗﺩﺍ ًء ﻣﻥ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ .2012‬ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ )‪ TV SoundConnect (SoundShare‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪) .‬ﻟﻠﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ‪ Samsung‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻣﻥ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،2014‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ‪.SoundShare‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻣﺗﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﺭً ﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺻﺑﺣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺃﻋﺩ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫‪.TV SoundConnect‬‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪TV SoundConnect‬‬
‫ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ 50‬ﺳﻡ‬‫‪ -‬ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻣﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫● ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ "ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺅﻗﺕ" ﻭ"ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ" ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫_ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪Bluetooth POWER On‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ Bluetooth POWER On‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﻧﺟﺎﺡ ﺑﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻣﺯﻭﺩ ﺑﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺗﻭﺙ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ .TV SoundConnect‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ ،Bluetooth POWER On‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﺳﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺑـ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪.TV SoundConnect‬‬
‫‪ .۲‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ Bluetooth POWER‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ .Soundbar‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ BLUETOOTH POWER ON‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫•‬
‫‪ : BLUETOOTH POWER ON‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫‪ : BLUETOOTH POWER OFF‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺃﻧﺗﺟﺗﻬﺎ ‪ Samsung‬ﺍﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.2013‬‬
‫‪۲۲‬‬
‫‪11:38:02‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 22‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ‪ USB‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫‪ARA‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ‪USB‬‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL IN‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻣﻧﻔﺫ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۲‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ( ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ‪ SOURCE‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪.USB‬‬
‫● ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ )ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﻲ ‪ MP3‬ﻭ‪ (WMA‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ‪DRM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺣﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ )‪ (HDDs‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۳‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ‪ USB‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻛﺗﻣﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.USB‬‬
‫● ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ )‪ (Auto Power Off‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ ۲٥‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻣﻳﺯ‬
‫‪MPEG 1 Layer2‬‬
‫_ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻙ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪*.mp3‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺗﺑﻪ ﻟﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪MPEG 1 Layer3‬‬
‫‪MPEG 2 Layer3‬‬
‫‪*.wma‬‬
‫● ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺑﻣﻧﻔﺫ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪ .‬ﺧﻼ ًﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﺻﺎﺩﻑ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪MPEG 2.5 Layer3‬‬
‫_‪Wave_Format‬‬
‫‪MSAudio1‬‬
‫_‪Wave_Format‬‬
‫‪MSAudio2‬‬
‫‪AAC‬‬
‫‪*.aac‬‬
‫‪AAC-LC‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪*.wav‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫● ﺑﺭﻭﺗﻭﻛﻭﻻﺕ ‪ PTP‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪*.ogg‬‬
‫‪OGG 1.1.0‬‬
‫‪FLAC 1.1.0, FLAC‬‬
‫‪1.2.1‬‬
‫● ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ ﺑﻣﻠﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪۱۰‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻥ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫● ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ‪.USB‬‬
‫● ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ FAT16‬ﻭ ‪ FAT32‬ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ NTFS‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪HE-AAC‬‬
‫‪*.flac‬‬
‫‪48KHz ~ 16KHz‬‬
‫‪96KHz ~ 16KHz‬‬
‫‪96KHz ~ 24KHz‬‬
‫‪48KHz ~ 16KHz‬‬
‫‪96KHz ~ 16KHz‬‬
‫● ﻋﻧﺩ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﺟﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﺧﺯﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪،USB‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍءﺓ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲۳‬‬
‫‪11:38:03‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 23‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫)‪HDMI OUT (TV‬‬
‫‪HDMI IN‬‬
‫‪OPTICAL IN‬‬
‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫● ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ) & ( ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ "‪ "INIT‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ٍ ٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻗﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ‪ .NTFS‬ﻻ ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ Soundbar‬ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪.NTFS‬‬
‫● ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺣﺭﻙ ‪ USB‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ‪ Samsung‬ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺛﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺑﻣﻧﻔﺫ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑـ‬
‫‪.Soundbar‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻌﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻣﻔﺭﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻠ ًﻔﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ‪ Samsung.com‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺳﺎﻣﺳﻭﻧﺞ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ‪.‬‬
‫●‬
‫●‬
‫●‬
‫●‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺑﻣﻧﻔﺫ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ‪ Soundbar‬ﻣﺧﺯﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺛﺎﺕ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﺗﺭﺡ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁﻬﺎ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻳﻌﻳﺩ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.۱٥‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺷﻠﺕ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﻧﺻﺢ ﺑﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ‪ FAT16‬ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪AUTO POWER LINK‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺑﺻﺭﻱ ﺭﻗﻣﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪AUTO POWER LINK‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪/ ANYNET+ OFF‬‬
‫‪POWER LINK ON‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪/ ANYNET+ ON‬‬
‫‪POWER LINK OFF‬‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﻭﺻﻝ ‪ Soundbar‬ﺑﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﻛﺑﻝ ﺑﺻﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ .۲‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪ SOURCE‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪. D.IN‬‬
‫‪ .۳‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ‪ Anynet+‬ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪.Auto power Link‬‬
‫● ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺑﻌًﺎ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲٤‬‬
‫‪11:38:03‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 24‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ARA‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺫ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺷﺣﻧﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺍﺳﺗﺎﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻻ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺻﻭ ًﺗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻛﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ؟‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﺗﻡ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ؟‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻛﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ( ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﺷﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ؟‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺟ ًّﺩﺍ؟‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻗﺗﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ‪) TV SoundConnect‬ﺍﻗﺗﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ‪TV SoundConnect‬؟‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ TV SoundConnect‬ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻁﺭﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‬
‫‪ Samsung‬ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻌﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ .2012‬ﺍﻓﺣﺹ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻧﻙ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺩﻋﻡ ‪.TV SoundConnect‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻧﻙ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ؟‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻧﻙ ﺑﺄﺣﺩﺙ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻝ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺧﻁﺄ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ؟‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻣﻼء ﺳﺎﻣﺳﻭﻧﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻋﺩ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ TV‬ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ & ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ ٥‬ﺛﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ‬
‫‪.TV SoundConnect‬‬
‫ﻳﻭﻣﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻭﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺻﻭ ًﺗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﺗﺻﻼً ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪) .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(۱٥‬‬
‫ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻳُﺻﺩﺭ ﻁﻧﻳ ًﻧﺎ ﻭﻳﻬﺗﺯ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻠﺣﻭﻅ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ EQUALIZER WOOFER‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ )ﺑﻳﻥ ‪ SW-6‬ﻭ‪.(SW+6‬‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲٥‬‬
‫‪11:38:04‬‬
‫‪2014-11-14‬‬
‫‪HW-H7500_H7501_ZN_ARA_20141113.indd 25‬‬
Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE
If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products, please contact the SAMSUNG customer care
centre.
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺳﺎﻣﺳﻭﻧﺞ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‬
.‫ ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯﺧﺩﻣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﺳﺎﻣﺳﻭﻧﺞ‬،‫ﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺃﻳﺔﺍﺳﺗﻔﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ ﺗﺗﻌﻠﻕ ﺑﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻣﺳﻭﻧﺞ‬
Contact Centre 
Web Site
www.samsung.com/ae/support (English)
www.samsung.com/ae_ar/support (Arabic)
www.samsung.com/eg/support
www.samsung.com/n_africa/support
www.samsung.com/pk/support
www.samsung.com/n_africa/support
www.samsung.com/Levant/support (English)
www.samsung.com/Levant/support (English)
www.samsung.com/iran/support
www.samsung.com/n_africa/support
www.samsung.com/sa/support
www.samsung.com/sa_en/support (English)
www.samsung.com/tr/support
HW-H7500_H7501_UM_ARA_20141008.indd 27
Area
800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
800-SAMSUNG(726-7864)
183-2255 (183-CALL)
8000-4726
800-2255 (800-CALL)
08000-726786
16580
021 36 11 00
0800-Samsung (72678)
80-1000-12
0800-22273
06 5777444
18252273
021-8255
080 100 2255
` Middle East
U.A.E
OMAN
KUWAIT
BAHRAIN
QATAR
EGYPT
ALGERIA
PAKISTAN
TUNISIA
JORDAN
SYRIA
IRAN
MOROCCO
920021230
SAUDI ARABIA
444 77 11
TURKEY
2014-10-08
11:05:10